Sema.h revision 658cd2c287b1a0b419f51cd18e5a48d4560d1c56
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52#include <vector> 53 54namespace llvm { 55 class APSInt; 56 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 57 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 58 class SmallBitVector; 59} 60 61namespace clang { 62 class ADLResult; 63 class ASTConsumer; 64 class ASTContext; 65 class ASTMutationListener; 66 class ASTReader; 67 class ASTWriter; 68 class ArrayType; 69 class AttributeList; 70 class BlockDecl; 71 class CapturedDecl; 72 class CXXBasePath; 73 class CXXBasePaths; 74 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 75 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 76 class CXXConstructorDecl; 77 class CXXConversionDecl; 78 class CXXDestructorDecl; 79 class CXXFieldCollector; 80 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 81 class CXXMethodDecl; 82 class CXXScopeSpec; 83 class CXXTemporary; 84 class CXXTryStmt; 85 class CallExpr; 86 class ClassTemplateDecl; 87 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 88 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 89 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 90 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 91 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 92 class CodeCompletionResult; 93 class Decl; 94 class DeclAccessPair; 95 class DeclContext; 96 class DeclRefExpr; 97 class DeclaratorDecl; 98 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 99 class DependentDiagnostic; 100 class DesignatedInitExpr; 101 class Designation; 102 class EnumConstantDecl; 103 class Expr; 104 class ExtVectorType; 105 class ExternalSemaSource; 106 class FormatAttr; 107 class FriendDecl; 108 class FunctionDecl; 109 class FunctionProtoType; 110 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 111 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 112 class InitListExpr; 113 class InitializationKind; 114 class InitializationSequence; 115 class InitializedEntity; 116 class IntegerLiteral; 117 class LabelStmt; 118 class LambdaExpr; 119 class LangOptions; 120 class LocalInstantiationScope; 121 class LookupResult; 122 class MacroInfo; 123 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 124 class NamedDecl; 125 class NonNullAttr; 126 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 127 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 128 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 129 class ObjCContainerDecl; 130 class ObjCImplDecl; 131 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 132 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 133 class ObjCIvarDecl; 134 template <class T> class ObjCList; 135 class ObjCMessageExpr; 136 class ObjCMethodDecl; 137 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 138 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 139 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 140 class OverloadCandidateSet; 141 class OverloadExpr; 142 class ParenListExpr; 143 class ParmVarDecl; 144 class Preprocessor; 145 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 146 class PseudoObjectExpr; 147 class QualType; 148 class StandardConversionSequence; 149 class Stmt; 150 class StringLiteral; 151 class SwitchStmt; 152 class TargetAttributesSema; 153 class TemplateArgument; 154 class TemplateArgumentList; 155 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 156 class TemplateDecl; 157 class TemplateParameterList; 158 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 159 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 160 class Token; 161 class TypeAliasDecl; 162 class TypedefDecl; 163 class TypedefNameDecl; 164 class TypeLoc; 165 class UnqualifiedId; 166 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 167 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 168 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 169 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 170 class UsingDecl; 171 class UsingShadowDecl; 172 class ValueDecl; 173 class VarDecl; 174 class VisibilityAttr; 175 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 176 class IndirectFieldDecl; 177 178namespace sema { 179 class AccessedEntity; 180 class BlockScopeInfo; 181 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 182 class CapturingScopeInfo; 183 class CompoundScopeInfo; 184 class DelayedDiagnostic; 185 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 186 class FunctionScopeInfo; 187 class LambdaScopeInfo; 188 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 189 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 190} 191 192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 195 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 196 197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 198class Sema { 199 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 201 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 202 203 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 204 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 205 206 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 207 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 208 209 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 210 211 static bool 212 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 213 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 214 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 215 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 216 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 217 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 218 // with internal linkage. 219 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 220 } 221 222public: 223 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 225 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 226 227 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 228 FPOptions FPFeatures; 229 230 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 231 Preprocessor &PP; 232 ASTContext &Context; 233 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 234 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 235 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 236 237 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 238 bool CollectStats; 239 240 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 241 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 242 243 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 244 DeclContext *CurContext; 245 246 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 247 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 248 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 249 250 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 251 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 252 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 253 254 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 255 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 256 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 257 258 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 259 260 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 261 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 262 263 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 264 /// 265 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 266 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 267 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 268 269 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 270 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 271 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 272 273 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 274 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 275 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 276 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 277 278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 279 280 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 281 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 282 /// 283 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 284 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 285 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 286 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 287 288 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 289 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 290 ExtVectorDeclsType; 291 292 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 293 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 294 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 295 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 296 297 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 298 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 299 300 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 301 302 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 303 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 304 305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 306 307 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 308 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 309 /// same list more than once. 310 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 311 312 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 313 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 314 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 315 316 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 317 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 318 /// 319 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 320 /// scopes, e.g., 321 /// 322 /// \code 323 /// extern "C" void f() { 324 /// void foo(int, int); 325 /// } 326 /// \endcode 327 /// 328 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 329 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 330 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 331 /// 332 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 333 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 334 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 335 /// for compatibility. 336 /// 337 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 338 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 339 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 340 /// not visible. 341 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 342 343 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 344 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 345 346 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 348 TentativeDefinitionsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 351 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 352 353 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 354 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 355 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 356 357 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 358 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 359 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 360 361 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 362 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 363 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 364 365 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 366 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 367 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 368 369 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 370 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 371 /// exception spec. 372 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 373 374 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 375 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 376 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 377 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 378 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 379 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 380 381 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 382 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 383 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 384 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 385 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 386 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 387 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 388 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 389 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 390 391 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 392 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 393 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 394 void *OpaqueParser; 395 396 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 397 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 398 OpaqueParser = P; 399 } 400 401 class DelayedDiagnostics; 402 403 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 404 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 405 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 406 }; 407 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 409 410 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 411 /// during parsing and other processing. 412 class DelayedDiagnostics { 413 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 414 /// diagnostics should go. 415 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 416 417 public: 418 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 419 420 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 421 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 422 423 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 424 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 425 426 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 427 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 428 return CurPool; 429 } 430 431 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 432 /// collected in this pool. 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 435 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 436 CurPool = &pool; 437 return state; 438 } 439 440 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 441 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 442 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 443 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 444 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 445 } 446 447 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 448 /// not delayed. 449 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 451 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 452 CurPool = 0; 453 return state; 454 } 455 456 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 457 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 458 assert(CurPool == NULL); 459 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 460 } 461 } DelayedDiagnostics; 462 463 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 464 class ContextRAII { 465 private: 466 Sema &S; 467 DeclContext *SavedContext; 468 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 469 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 470 471 public: 472 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 473 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 474 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 475 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 476 { 477 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 478 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 479 } 480 481 void pop() { 482 if (!SavedContext) return; 483 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 484 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 485 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 486 SavedContext = 0; 487 } 488 489 ~ContextRAII() { 490 pop(); 491 } 492 }; 493 494 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 495 /// a function body. 496 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 497 Sema &S; 498 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 499 500 public: 501 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 502 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 503 { 504 S.PushFunctionScope(); 505 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 506 } 507 508 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 509 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 510 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 511 } 512 }; 513 514 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 515 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 516 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 517 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 518 519 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 520 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 521 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 522 /// in the currently selected standard. 523 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 524 525 526 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 527 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 528 529 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 530 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 531 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 532 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 533 /// It would be best to refactor this. 534 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 535 536 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 537 538 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 539 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 540 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 541 Scope *TUScope; 542 543 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 544 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 545 546 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 547 /// standard library. 548 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 549 550 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 551 /// \<initializer_list>. 552 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 553 554 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 555 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 556 557 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 558 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 559 560 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 561 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 565 566 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 567 QualType NSNumberPointer; 568 569 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 570 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 573 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 574 575 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 576 QualType NSStringPointer; 577 578 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 579 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 580 581 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 582 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 583 584 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 585 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 586 587 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 588 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 589 590 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 591 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 592 593 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 594 QualType QIDNSCopying; 595 596 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 597 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 598 599 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 600 /// have been declared. 601 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 602 603 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 604 /// references to fields. This is really a 605 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 606 607 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 608 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 609 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 610 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 611 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 612 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 613 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 614 /// run time. 615 Unevaluated, 616 617 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 618 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 619 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 620 UnevaluatedAbstract, 621 622 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 623 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 624 /// cases in a switch statment). 625 ConstantEvaluated, 626 627 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 628 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 629 /// expression at run time. 630 PotentiallyEvaluated, 631 632 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 633 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 634 /// in fact the current expression is used. 635 /// 636 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 637 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 638 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 639 /// until the default argument is used. 640 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 641 }; 642 643 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 644 /// expression evaluation contexts. 645 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 646 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 647 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 648 649 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 650 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 651 652 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 653 bool IsDecltype; 654 655 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 656 /// this expression evaluation context. 657 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 658 659 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 660 661 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 662 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 663 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 664 665 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 666 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 667 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 668 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 669 670 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 671 /// and block literals within this context. 672 /// 673 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 674 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 675 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 676 677 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 678 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 679 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 680 681 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 682 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 683 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 684 685 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 686 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 687 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 688 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 689 bool IsDecltype) 690 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 691 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 692 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 693 694 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 695 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 696 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() { 697 assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration"); 698 if (!MangleNumbering) 699 MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext; 700 return *MangleNumbering; 701 } 702 703 bool isUnevaluated() const { 704 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 705 } 706 }; 707 708 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 709 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 710 711 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 712 /// block literal. 713 /// 714 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 715 /// block literal. 716 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 717 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 718 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 719 const DeclContext *DC, 720 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 721 722 723 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 724 /// function. 725 /// 726 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 727 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 728 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 729 public: 730 enum Kind { 731 NoMemberOrDeleted, 732 Ambiguous, 733 Success 734 }; 735 736 private: 737 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 738 739 public: 740 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 741 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 742 {} 743 744 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 745 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 746 747 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 748 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 749 }; 750 751 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 752 /// for C++ records. 753 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 754 755 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 756 /// 757 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 758 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 759 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 760 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 761 /// checks. 762 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 763 764 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 765 766 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 767 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 768 769 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 770 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 771 772 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 773 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 774 /// 775 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 776 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 777 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 778 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 779 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 780 781 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 782 // argument locations. 783 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 784 785 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 786 /// definition in this translation unit. 787 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 788 789 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 790 void getUndefinedButUsed( 791 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 792 793 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 794 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 795 796 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 797 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 798 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 799 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 800 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 801 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 802 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 803 804 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 805 /// of -Wselector. 806 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 807 808 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 809 enum CXXSpecialMember { 810 CXXDefaultConstructor, 811 CXXCopyConstructor, 812 CXXMoveConstructor, 813 CXXCopyAssignment, 814 CXXMoveAssignment, 815 CXXDestructor, 816 CXXInvalid 817 }; 818 819 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 820 821 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 822 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 823 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 824 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 825 826 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 827 828 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 829 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 830 831 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 832 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 833 /// should not be used elsewhere. 834 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 835 836 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 837 /// statements. 838 class FPContractStateRAII { 839 public: 840 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 841 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 842 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 843 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 844 } 845 private: 846 Sema& S; 847 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 848 }; 849 850 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 851 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 852 853public: 854 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 855 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 856 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 857 ~Sema(); 858 859 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 860 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 861 void Initialize(); 862 863 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 864 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 865 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 866 867 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 868 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 869 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 870 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 871 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 872 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 873 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 874 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 875 876 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 877 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 878 /// 879 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 880 /// 881 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 882 883 void PrintStats() const; 884 885 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 886 /// template instantiation stacks. 887 /// 888 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 889 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 890 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 891 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 892 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 893 /// well. 894 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 895 Sema &SemaRef; 896 unsigned DiagID; 897 898 public: 899 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 900 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 901 902 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 903 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 904 if (!isActive()) return; 905 906 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 907 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 908 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 909 // 910 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 911 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 912 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 913 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 914 // eliminate that code. 915 FlushCounts(); 916 Clear(); 917 918 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 919 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 920 } 921 922 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 923 template<typename T> 924 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 925 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 926 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 927 BaseDiag << Value; 928 return Diag; 929 } 930 }; 931 932 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 933 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 934 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 935 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 936 } 937 938 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 940 941 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 942 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 943 944 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 945 946 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 947 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 948 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 949 950 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 951 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 952 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 953 954 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 955 956 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 957 958 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 959 960 void PushFunctionScope(); 961 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 962 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 963 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 964 RecordDecl *RD, 965 CapturedRegionKind K); 966 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 967 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 968 969 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 970 return FunctionScopes.back(); 971 } 972 973 template <typename ExprT> 974 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 975 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 976 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 977 } 978 979 void PushCompoundScope(); 980 void PopCompoundScope(); 981 982 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 983 984 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 985 986 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 987 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 988 989 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 990 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 991 992 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 993 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 994 995 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 996 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 997 998 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 999 1000 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1001 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1002 // 1003 1004 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1005 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1006 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1007 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1008 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1009 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1010 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1011 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1012 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1013 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1014 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1015 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1016 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1017 1018 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1019 1020 /// \brief Build a function type. 1021 /// 1022 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1023 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1024 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1025 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1026 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1027 /// 1028 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1029 /// 1030 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1031 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1032 /// function parameters. 1033 /// 1034 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1035 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1036 /// type that will have function type. 1037 /// 1038 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1039 /// type, if known. 1040 /// 1041 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1042 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1043 /// 1044 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1045 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1046 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1047 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1048 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1049 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1050 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1051 1052 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1053 SourceLocation Loc, 1054 DeclarationName Entity); 1055 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1056 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1057 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1058 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1059 1060 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1061 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1062 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1063 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1064 1065 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1066 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1067 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1068 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1069 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1070 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1071 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1072 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1073 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1074 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1075 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1076 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1077 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1078 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1079 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1080 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1081 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1082 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1083 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1084 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1085 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1086 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1087 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1088 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1089 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1090 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1091 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1092 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1093 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1094 1095 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1096 1097 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1098 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1099 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1100 1101 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1102 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1103 bool Suppressed; 1104 1105 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1106 1107 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1108 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1109 }; 1110 1111 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1112 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1113 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1114 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1115 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1116 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1117 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1118 return II; 1119 } 1120 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1121 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1122 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1123 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1124 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1125 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1126 1127 template<typename T1> 1128 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1129 unsigned DiagID; 1130 const T1 &Arg1; 1131 1132 public: 1133 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1134 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1135 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1136 if (Suppressed) return; 1137 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1138 } 1139 1140 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1141 }; 1142 1143 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1144 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1145 unsigned DiagID; 1146 const T1 &Arg1; 1147 const T2 &Arg2; 1148 1149 public: 1150 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1151 const T2 &Arg2) 1152 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1153 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1154 1155 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1156 if (Suppressed) return; 1157 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1158 } 1159 1160 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1161 }; 1162 1163 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1164 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1165 unsigned DiagID; 1166 const T1 &Arg1; 1167 const T2 &Arg2; 1168 const T3 &Arg3; 1169 1170 public: 1171 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1172 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1173 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1174 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1175 1176 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1177 if (Suppressed) return; 1178 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1179 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1180 } 1181 1182 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1183 }; 1184 1185private: 1186 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1187 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1188public: 1189 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1190 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1191 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1192 unsigned DiagID); 1193 1194 template<typename T1> 1195 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1196 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1197 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1198 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1199 } 1200 1201 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1202 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1203 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1204 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1205 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1206 } 1207 1208 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1209 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1210 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1211 const T3 &Arg3) { 1212 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1213 Arg3); 1214 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1215 } 1216 1217 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1218 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1219 1220 template<typename T1> 1221 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1222 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1223 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1224 } 1225 1226 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1227 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1228 const T2 &Arg2) { 1229 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1230 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1231 } 1232 1233 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1234 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1235 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1236 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1237 Arg3); 1238 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1239 } 1240 1241 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1242 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1243 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1244 1245 template<typename T1> 1246 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1247 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1248 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1249 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1250 } 1251 1252 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1253 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1254 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1255 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1256 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1257 } 1258 1259 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1260 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1261 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1262 const T3 &Arg3) { 1263 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1264 Arg3); 1265 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1266 } 1267 1268 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1269 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1270 1271 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1272 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1273 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1274 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1275 SourceLocation Loc); 1276 1277 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1278 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1279 // 1280 1281 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1282 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1283 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1284 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1285 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1286 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1287 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1288 /// such as: 1289 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1290 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1291 1292 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1293 1294 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1295 1296 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1297 1298 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1299 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1300 bool isClassName = false, 1301 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1302 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1303 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1304 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1305 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1306 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1307 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1308 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1309 SourceLocation IILoc, 1310 Scope *S, 1311 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1312 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1313 1314 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1315 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1316 enum NameClassificationKind { 1317 NC_Unknown, 1318 NC_Error, 1319 NC_Keyword, 1320 NC_Type, 1321 NC_Expression, 1322 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1323 NC_TypeTemplate, 1324 NC_FunctionTemplate 1325 }; 1326 1327 class NameClassification { 1328 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1329 ExprResult Expr; 1330 TemplateName Template; 1331 ParsedType Type; 1332 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1333 1334 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1335 1336 public: 1337 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1338 1339 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1340 1341 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1342 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1343 1344 static NameClassification Error() { 1345 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1346 } 1347 1348 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1349 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1350 } 1351 1352 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1353 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1354 } 1355 1356 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1357 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1358 Result.Template = Name; 1359 return Result; 1360 } 1361 1362 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1363 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1364 Result.Template = Name; 1365 return Result; 1366 } 1367 1368 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1369 1370 ParsedType getType() const { 1371 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1372 return Type; 1373 } 1374 1375 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1376 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1377 return Expr; 1378 } 1379 1380 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1381 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1382 return Template; 1383 } 1384 1385 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1386 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1387 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1388 } 1389 }; 1390 1391 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1392 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1393 /// 1394 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1395 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1396 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1397 /// 1398 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1399 /// 1400 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1401 /// 1402 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1403 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1404 /// 1405 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1406 /// 1407 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1408 /// disambiguate the name. 1409 /// 1410 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1411 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1412 /// expression. 1413 /// 1414 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1415 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1416 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1417 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1418 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1419 const Token &NextToken, 1420 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1421 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1422 1423 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1424 1425 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1426 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1427 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1428 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1429 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1430 DeclarationName Name, 1431 SourceLocation Loc); 1432 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1433 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1434 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1435 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1436 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1437 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1438 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1439 LookupResult &Previous); 1440 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1441 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1442 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1443 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1444 LookupResult &Previous, 1445 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1446 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1447 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1448 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1449 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1450 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1451 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1452 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1453 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1455 LookupResult &Previous, 1456 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1457 bool &AddToScope); 1458 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1459 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1460 1461 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1462 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1463 1464 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1465 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1466 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1467 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1468 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1469 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1470 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1471 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1472 SourceLocation Loc, 1473 QualType T); 1474 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1475 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1476 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1477 StorageClass SC); 1478 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1479 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1480 Expr *defarg); 1481 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1482 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1483 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1484 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1485 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1486 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1487 1488 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1489 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1490 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1491 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1492 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1493 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1494 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1495 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1496 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1497 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1498 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1499 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1500 1501 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1502 /// documentation comments. 1503 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1504 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1505 1506 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1507 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1508 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1509 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1510 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1511 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1512 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1513 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1514 } 1515 1516 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1517 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1518 /// code for that function. 1519 /// 1520 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1521 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1522 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1523 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1524 1525 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1526 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1527 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1528 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1529 1530 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1531 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1532 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1533 1534 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1535 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1536 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1537 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1538 1539 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1540 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1541 /// specified threshold. 1542 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1543 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1544 QualType ReturnTy, 1545 NamedDecl *D); 1546 1547 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1548 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1549 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1550 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1551 1552 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1553 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1554 AttributeList *AttrList, 1555 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1556 1557 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1558 /// 1559 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1560 /// 1561 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1562 /// 1563 /// \param Path The module access path. 1564 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1565 ModuleIdPath Path); 1566 1567 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1568 /// source location. 1569 /// 1570 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1571 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1572 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1573 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1574 1575 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1576 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1577 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1578 } 1579 1580 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1581 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1582 const Preprocessor &PP); 1583 1584 /// Scope actions. 1585 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1586 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1587 1588 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1589 DeclSpec &DS); 1590 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1591 DeclSpec &DS, 1592 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1593 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1594 1595 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1596 AccessSpecifier AS, 1597 RecordDecl *Record); 1598 1599 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1600 RecordDecl *Record); 1601 1602 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1603 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1604 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1605 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1606 1607 enum TagUseKind { 1608 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1609 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1610 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1611 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1612 }; 1613 1614 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1615 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1616 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1617 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1618 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1619 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1620 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1621 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1622 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1623 1624 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1625 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1626 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1627 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1628 AttributeList *Attr, 1629 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1630 1631 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1632 unsigned TagSpec, 1633 TagUseKind TUK, 1634 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1635 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1636 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1637 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1638 1639 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1640 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1641 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1642 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1643 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1644 1645 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1646 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1647 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1648 AccessSpecifier AS); 1649 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1650 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1651 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1652 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1653 AccessSpecifier AS, 1654 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1655 1656 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1657 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1658 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1659 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1660 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1661 SourceLocation TSSL, 1662 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1663 Declarator *D = 0); 1664 1665 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1666 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1667 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1668 bool Diagnose = false); 1669 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1670 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1671 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1672 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1673 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1674 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1675 1676 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1677 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1678 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1679 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1680 AttributeList *AttrList); 1681 1682 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1683 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1684 /// struct, or union). 1685 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1686 1687 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1688 1689 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1690 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1691 /// member declarations. 1692 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1693 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1694 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1695 1696 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1697 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1698 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1699 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1700 1701 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1702 1703 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1704 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1705 /// 1706 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1707 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1708 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1709 1710 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1711 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1712 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1713 1714 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1715 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1716 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1717 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1718 Expr *val); 1719 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1720 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1721 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1722 1723 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1724 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1725 AttributeList *Attrs, 1726 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1727 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1728 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1729 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1730 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1731 1732 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1733 1734 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1735 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1736 void PopDeclContext(); 1737 1738 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1739 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1740 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1741 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1742 1743 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1744 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1745 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1746 1747 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1748 1749 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1750 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1751 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1752 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1753 1754 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1755 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1756 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1757 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1758 1759 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1760 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1761 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1762 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1763 1764 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1765 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1766 1767 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1768 /// top level scope. 1769 /// 1770 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1771 /// 1772 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1773 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1774 1775 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1776 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1777 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1778 /// 1779 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1780 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1781 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1782 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1783 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1784 1785 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1786 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1787 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1788 1789 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1790 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1792 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1793 1794 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1795 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1796 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1797 VersionTuple Introduced, 1798 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1799 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1800 bool IsUnavailable, 1801 StringRef Message, 1802 bool Override, 1803 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1804 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1805 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1806 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1807 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1808 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1809 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1810 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1811 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1812 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1813 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1814 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1815 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1816 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1817 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1818 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1819 1820 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1821 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1822 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1823 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1824 AMK_None, 1825 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1826 /// an exact match. 1827 AMK_Redeclaration, 1828 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1829 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1830 AMK_Override 1831 }; 1832 1833 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1834 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1835 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1836 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1837 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1838 Scope *S); 1839 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1840 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1841 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1842 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1843 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1844 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1845 1846 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1847 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1848 enum AssignmentAction { 1849 AA_Assigning, 1850 AA_Passing, 1851 AA_Returning, 1852 AA_Converting, 1853 AA_Initializing, 1854 AA_Sending, 1855 AA_Casting 1856 }; 1857 1858 /// C++ Overloading. 1859 enum OverloadKind { 1860 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1861 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1862 Ovl_Overload, 1863 1864 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1865 /// an existing declaration. 1866 Ovl_Match, 1867 1868 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1869 /// non-function. 1870 Ovl_NonFunction 1871 }; 1872 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1873 FunctionDecl *New, 1874 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1875 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1876 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1877 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1878 1879 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1880 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1881 /// 1882 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1883 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1884 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1885 1886 ImplicitConversionSequence 1887 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1888 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1889 bool AllowExplicit, 1890 bool InOverloadResolution, 1891 bool CStyle, 1892 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1893 1894 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1895 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1896 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1897 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1898 bool InOverloadResolution, 1899 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1900 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1901 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1902 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1903 QualType &ConvertedType); 1904 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1905 QualType& ConvertedType); 1906 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1907 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1908 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1909 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1910 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1911 1912 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1913 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1914 CastKind &Kind, 1915 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1916 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1917 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1918 bool InOverloadResolution, 1919 QualType &ConvertedType); 1920 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1921 CastKind &Kind, 1922 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1923 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1924 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1925 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1926 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1927 QualType &ResultTy); 1928 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1929 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1930 1931 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1932 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1933 QualType ResultType, 1934 Expr *Value, 1935 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1936 1937 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1938 ExprResult Init); 1939 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1940 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1941 ExprResult Init, 1942 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1943 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1944 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1945 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1946 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1947 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1948 1949 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1950 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1951 1952 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1953 enum CCEKind { 1954 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1955 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1956 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1957 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1958 }; 1959 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1960 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1961 1962 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1963 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1964 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1965 public: 1966 bool Suppress; 1967 bool SuppressConversion; 1968 1969 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 1970 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1971 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 1972 1973 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 1974 /// for this conversion. 1975 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 1976 1977 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1978 /// integral or enumeration type. 1979 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1980 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1981 1982 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1983 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1984 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1985 1986 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1987 /// is explicit. 1988 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1989 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1990 1991 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1992 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1993 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1994 1995 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1996 /// functions. 1997 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1998 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1999 2000 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2001 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2002 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2003 2004 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2005 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2006 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2007 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2008 2009 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2010 }; 2011 2012 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2013 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2014 2015 public: 2016 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2017 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2018 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2019 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2020 2021 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2022 bool match(QualType T); 2023 2024 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2025 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2026 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2027 } 2028 2029 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2030 /// integral or enumeration type. 2031 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2032 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2033 }; 2034 2035 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2036 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2037 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2038 2039 2040 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2041 OS_Array, 2042 OS_Dictionary, 2043 OS_Error 2044 }; 2045 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2046 2047 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2048 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2049 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2050 LK_Array, 2051 LK_Dictionary, 2052 LK_Numeric, 2053 LK_Boxed, 2054 LK_String, 2055 LK_Block, 2056 LK_None 2057 }; 2058 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2059 2060 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2061 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2062 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2063 NamedDecl *Member); 2064 2065 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2066 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2067 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2068 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2069 2070 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2071 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2072 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2073 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2074 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2075 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2076 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2077 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2078 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2079 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2080 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2081 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2082 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2083 QualType ObjectType, 2084 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2085 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2087 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2088 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2089 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2090 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2091 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2092 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2093 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2094 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2095 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2096 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2097 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2098 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2099 QualType ObjectType, 2100 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2101 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2102 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2103 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2104 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2105 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2106 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2107 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2108 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2109 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2110 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2111 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2112 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2113 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2114 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2115 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2116 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2117 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2118 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2119 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2120 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2121 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2122 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2123 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2124 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2125 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2126 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2127 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2128 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2129 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2130 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2131 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2132 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2133 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2134 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2135 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2136 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2137 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2138 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2139 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2140 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2141 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2142 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2143 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2144 2145 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2146 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2147 2148 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2149 // identified by the expression Expr 2150 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2151 2152 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2153 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2154 // R (A) --> R(A) 2155 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2156 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2157 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2158 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2159 2160 FunctionDecl * 2161 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2162 QualType TargetType, 2163 bool Complain, 2164 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2165 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2166 2167 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2168 bool Complain = false, 2169 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2170 2171 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2172 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2173 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2174 bool Complain = false, 2175 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2176 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2177 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2178 2179 2180 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2181 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2182 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2183 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2184 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2185 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2186 2187 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2188 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2189 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2190 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2191 2192 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2193 // range-based for loop. 2194 enum ForRangeStatus { 2195 FRS_Success, 2196 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2197 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2198 }; 2199 2200 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2201 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2202 enum BeginEndFunction { 2203 BEF_begin, 2204 BEF_end 2205 }; 2206 2207 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2208 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2209 VarDecl *Decl, 2210 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2211 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2212 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2213 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2214 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2215 2216 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2217 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2218 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2219 MultiExprArg Args, 2220 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2221 Expr *ExecConfig, 2222 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2223 2224 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2225 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2226 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2227 ExprResult *Result); 2228 2229 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2230 unsigned Opc, 2231 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2232 Expr *input); 2233 2234 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2235 unsigned Opc, 2236 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2237 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2238 2239 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2240 SourceLocation RLoc, 2241 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2242 2243 ExprResult 2244 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2245 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2246 MultiExprArg Args, 2247 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2248 ExprResult 2249 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2250 MultiExprArg Args, 2251 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2252 2253 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2254 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2255 2256 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2257 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2258 /// that best represents the call. 2259 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2260 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2261 2262 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2263 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2264 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2265 bool CheckParameterNames); 2266 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2267 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2268 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2269 2270 /// \name Name lookup 2271 /// 2272 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2273 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2274 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2275 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2276 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2277 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2278 /// 2279 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2280 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2281 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2282 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2283 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2284 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2285 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2286 /// 2287 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2288 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2289 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2290 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2291 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2292 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2293 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2294 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2295 //@{ 2296 2297 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2298 enum LookupNameKind { 2299 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2300 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2301 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2302 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2303 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2304 /// structs, and unions. 2305 LookupTagName, 2306 /// Label name lookup. 2307 LookupLabel, 2308 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2309 /// class/struct/union members. 2310 LookupMemberName, 2311 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2312 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2313 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2314 LookupOperatorName, 2315 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2316 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2317 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2318 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2319 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2320 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2321 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2322 LookupNamespaceName, 2323 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2324 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2325 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2326 LookupUsingDeclName, 2327 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2328 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2329 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2330 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2331 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2332 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2333 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2334 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2335 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2336 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2337 LookupAnyName 2338 }; 2339 2340 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2341 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2342 enum RedeclarationKind { 2343 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2344 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2345 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2346 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2347 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2348 ForRedeclaration 2349 }; 2350 2351 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2352 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2353 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2354 LOLR_Error, 2355 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2356 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2357 LOLR_Cooked, 2358 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2359 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2360 LOLR_Raw, 2361 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2362 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2363 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2364 LOLR_Template 2365 }; 2366 2367 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2368 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2369 bool ConstArg, 2370 bool VolatileArg, 2371 bool RValueThis, 2372 bool ConstThis, 2373 bool VolatileThis); 2374 2375private: 2376 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2377 2378 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2379 // 2380 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2381 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2382 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2383 2384 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2385 /// source. 2386 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2387 2388public: 2389 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2390 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2391 /// 2392 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2393 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2394 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2395 SourceLocation Loc, 2396 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2397 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2398 = NotForRedeclaration); 2399 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2400 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2401 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2402 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2403 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2404 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2405 bool EnteringContext = false); 2406 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2407 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2408 = NotForRedeclaration); 2409 2410 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2411 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2412 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2413 2414 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2415 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2416 2417 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2418 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2419 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2420 unsigned Quals); 2421 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2422 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2423 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2424 unsigned Quals); 2425 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2426 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2427 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2428 2429 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2430 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2431 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2432 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2433 2434 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2435 SourceLocation Loc, 2436 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2437 ADLResult &Functions); 2438 2439 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2440 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2441 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2442 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2443 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2444 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2445 2446 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2447 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2448 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2449 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2450 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2451 bool EnteringContext = false, 2452 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2453 2454 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2455 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2456 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2457 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2458 2459 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2460 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2461 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2462 2463 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2464 //@} 2465 2466 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2467 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2468 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2469 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2470 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2471 SourceLocation Loc); 2472 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2473 Scope *S); 2474 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2475 2476 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2477 2478 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2479 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2480 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2481 bool NonInheritable = true, 2482 bool Inheritable = true); 2483 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2484 bool NonInheritable = true, 2485 bool Inheritable = true, 2486 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2487 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2488 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2489 2490 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2491 2492 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2493 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2494 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2495 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2496 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2497 2498 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2499 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2500 SourceRange Range); 2501 2502 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2503 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2504 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2505 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2506 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2507 2508 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2509 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2510 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2511 2512 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2513 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2514 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2515 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2516 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2517 2518 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2519 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2520 2521 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2522 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2523 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2524 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2525 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2526 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2527 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2528 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2529 2530 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2531 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2532 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2533 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2534 SourceLocation Loc); 2535 2536 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2537 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2538 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2539 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2540 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2541 2542 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2543 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2544 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2545 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2546 2547 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2548 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2549 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2550 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2551 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2552 2553 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2554 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2555 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2556 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2557 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2558 2559 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2560 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2561 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2562 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2563 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2564 2565 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2566 /// class extensions. 2567 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2568 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2569 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2570 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2571 Selector GetterSel, 2572 Selector SetterSel, 2573 const bool isAssign, 2574 const bool isReadWrite, 2575 const unsigned Attributes, 2576 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2577 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2578 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2579 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2580 2581 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2582 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2583 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2584 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2585 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2586 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2587 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2588 Selector GetterSel, 2589 Selector SetterSel, 2590 const bool isAssign, 2591 const bool isReadWrite, 2592 const unsigned Attributes, 2593 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2594 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2595 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2596 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2597 2598 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2599 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2600 /// setter or getter. 2601 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2602 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2603 2604 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2605 2606 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2607 2608 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2609 MMS_loose, 2610 MMS_strict 2611 }; 2612 2613 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2614 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2615 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2616 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2617 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2618 2619 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2620 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2621 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2622 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2623 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2624 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2625 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2626 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2627 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2628 bool ImmediateClass, 2629 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2630 2631 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2632 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2633 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2634 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2635 2636 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2637 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2638 2639private: 2640 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2641 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2642 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2643 2644 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2645 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2646 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2647 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2648 bool warn, bool instance); 2649 2650public: 2651 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2652 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2653 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2654 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2655 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2656 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2657 } 2658 2659 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2660 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2661 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2662 } 2663 2664 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2665 /// pool. 2666 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2667 2668 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2669 /// there are multiple signatures. 2670 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2671 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2672 bool warn=true) { 2673 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2674 warn, /*instance*/true); 2675 } 2676 2677 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2678 /// there are multiple signatures. 2679 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2680 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2681 bool warn=true) { 2682 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2683 warn, /*instance*/false); 2684 } 2685 2686 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2687 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2688 2689 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2690 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2691 /// have mismathched types. 2692 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2693 2694 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2695 /// implementation. 2696 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2697 2698 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2699 /// initialization. 2700 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2701 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2702 2703 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2704 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2705public: 2706 class FullExprArg { 2707 public: 2708 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2709 2710 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2711 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2712 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2713 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2714 2715 ExprResult release() { 2716 return E; 2717 } 2718 2719 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2720 2721 Expr *operator->() { 2722 return E; 2723 } 2724 2725 private: 2726 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2727 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2728 friend class Sema; 2729 2730 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2731 2732 Expr *E; 2733 }; 2734 2735 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2736 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2737 } 2738 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2739 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2740 } 2741 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2742 ExprResult FE = 2743 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2744 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2745 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2746 } 2747 2748 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2749 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2750 2751 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2752 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2753 2754 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2755 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2756 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2757 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2758 bool isStmtExpr); 2759 2760 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2761 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2762 public: 2763 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2764 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2765 } 2766 2767 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2768 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2769 } 2770 2771 private: 2772 Sema &S; 2773 }; 2774 2775 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2776 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2777 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2778 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2779 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2780 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2781 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2782 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2783 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2784 2785 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2786 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2787 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2788 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2789 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2790 2791 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2792 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2793 Stmt *SubStmt); 2794 2795 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2796 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2797 Stmt *ThenVal, 2798 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2799 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2800 Expr *Cond, 2801 Decl *CondVar); 2802 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2803 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2804 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2805 FullExprArg Cond, 2806 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2807 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2808 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2809 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2810 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2811 2812 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2813 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2814 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2815 Decl *SecondVar, 2816 FullExprArg Third, 2817 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2818 Stmt *Body); 2819 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2820 Expr *collection); 2821 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2822 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2823 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2824 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2825 2826 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2827 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2828 BFRK_Build, 2829 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2830 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2831 BFRK_Rebuild, 2832 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2833 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2834 BFRK_Check 2835 }; 2836 2837 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2838 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2839 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2840 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2841 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2842 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2843 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2844 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2845 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2846 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2847 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2848 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2849 2850 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2851 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2852 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2853 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2854 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2855 Expr *DestExp); 2856 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2857 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2858 2859 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2860 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2861 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2862 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2863 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2864 SourceLocation Loc, 2865 unsigned NumParams); 2866 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2867 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2868 2869 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2870 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2871 2872 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2873 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2874 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2875 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2876 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2877 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2878 2879 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2880 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2881 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2882 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2883 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2884 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2885 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2886 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2887 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2888 StringRef AsmString, 2889 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2890 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2891 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2892 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2893 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2894 2895 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2896 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2897 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2898 bool Invalid = false); 2899 2900 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2901 2902 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2903 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2904 2905 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2906 2907 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2908 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2909 2910 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2911 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2912 Scope *CurScope); 2913 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2914 Expr *operand); 2915 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2916 Expr *SynchExpr, 2917 Stmt *SynchBody); 2918 2919 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2920 2921 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2922 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2923 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2924 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2925 2926 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2927 2928 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2929 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2930 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2931 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2932 2933 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2934 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2935 Stmt *TryBlock, 2936 Stmt *Handler); 2937 2938 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2939 Expr *FilterExpr, 2940 Stmt *Block); 2941 2942 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2943 Stmt *Block); 2944 2945 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2946 2947 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2948 2949 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2950 /// of it. 2951 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2952 2953 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2954 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2955 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2956 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2957 2958 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2959 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2960 /// 2961 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2962 /// if (condition); 2963 /// do_stuff(); 2964 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2965 const Stmt *Body, 2966 unsigned DiagID); 2967 2968 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2969 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2970 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2971 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2972 2973 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2974 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2975 } 2976 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2977 2978 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2979 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2980 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2981 } 2982 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2983 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2984 } 2985 2986 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2987 2988 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2989 SourceLocation Loc, 2990 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2991 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2992 2993 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2994 2995 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2996 StringRef message); 2997 2998 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2999 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3000 3001 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3002 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3003 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3004 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3005 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3006 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3007 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3008 SourceLocation Loc); 3009 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3010 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3011 3012 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3013 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3014 bool IsDecltype = false); 3015 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3016 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3017 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3018 bool IsDecltype = false); 3019 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3020 3021 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3022 3023 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3024 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3025 3026 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3027 3028 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3029 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3030 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3031 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3032 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3033 // named expressions. 3034 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3035 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3036 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3037 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3038 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3039 3040 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3041 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3042 3043 enum TryCaptureKind { 3044 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3045 }; 3046 3047 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3048 /// 3049 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3050 /// 3051 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3052 /// 3053 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3054 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3055 /// 3056 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3057 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3058 /// 3059 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3060 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3061 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3062 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3063 /// 3064 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3065 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3066 /// variable can be captured. 3067 /// 3068 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3069 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3070 /// captured. 3071 /// 3072 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3073 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3074 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3075 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3076 QualType &CaptureType, 3077 QualType &DeclRefType); 3078 3079 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3080 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3081 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3082 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3083 3084 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3085 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3086 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3087 3088 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3089 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3090 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3091 3092 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3093 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3094 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3095 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3096 bool ForceComplain = false, 3097 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3098 3099 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3100 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3101 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3102 3103 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3104 /// evaluation context. 3105 /// 3106 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3107 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3108 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3109 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3110 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3111 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3112 3113 // Primary Expressions. 3114 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3115 3116 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3117 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3118 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3119 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3120 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3121 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3122 3123 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3124 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3125 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3126 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3127 3128 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3129 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3130 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3131 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3132 3133 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3134 IdentifierInfo *II, 3135 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3136 3137 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3138 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3139 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3140 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3141 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3142 3143 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3144 ExprValueKind VK, 3145 SourceLocation Loc, 3146 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3147 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3148 ExprValueKind VK, 3149 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3150 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3151 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3152 ExprResult 3153 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3154 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3155 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3156 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3157 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3158 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3159 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3160 LookupResult &R, 3161 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3162 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3163 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3164 LookupResult &R, 3165 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3166 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3167 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3168 const LookupResult &R, 3169 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3170 3171 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3172 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3173 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3174 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3175 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3176 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3177 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3178 3179 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3180 LookupResult &R, 3181 bool NeedsADL); 3182 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3183 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3184 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3185 3186 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3187 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3188 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3189 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3190 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3191 3192 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3193 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3194 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3195 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3196 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3197 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3198 SourceLocation R, 3199 MultiExprArg Val); 3200 3201 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3202 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3203 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3204 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3205 3206 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3207 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3208 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3209 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3210 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3211 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3212 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3213 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3214 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3215 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3216 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3217 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3218 3219 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3220 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3221 Expr *InputExpr); 3222 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3223 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3224 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3225 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3226 3227 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3228 3229 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3230 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3231 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3232 SourceRange R); 3233 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3234 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3235 ExprResult 3236 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3237 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3238 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3239 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3240 3241 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3242 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3243 3244 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3245 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3246 SourceRange ExprRange, 3247 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3248 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3249 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3250 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3251 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3252 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3253 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3254 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3255 3256 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3257 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3258 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3259 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3260 3261 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3262 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3263 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3264 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3265 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3266 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3267 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3268 3269 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3270 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3271 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3272 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3273 // defines a custom operator->). 3274 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3275 Scope *S; 3276 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3277 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3278 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3279 }; 3280 3281 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3282 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3283 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3284 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3285 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3286 LookupResult &R, 3287 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3288 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3289 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3290 3291 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3292 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3293 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3294 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3295 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3296 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3297 3298 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3299 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3300 const LookupResult &R); 3301 3302 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3303 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3304 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3305 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3306 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3307 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3308 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3309 3310 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3311 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3312 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3314 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3315 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3316 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3317 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3318 3319 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3320 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3321 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3322 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3323 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3324 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3325 bool ExecConfig = false); 3326 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3327 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3328 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3329 3330 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3331 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3332 /// locations. 3333 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3334 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3335 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3336 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3337 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3338 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3339 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3340 Expr *Config = 0, 3341 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3342 3343 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3344 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3345 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3346 3347 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3348 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3349 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3350 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3351 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3352 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3353 Expr *Op); 3354 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3355 3356 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3357 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3358 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3359 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3360 3361 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3362 3363 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3364 ParsedType Ty, 3365 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3366 Expr *InitExpr); 3367 3368 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3369 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3370 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3371 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3372 3373 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3374 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3375 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3376 3377 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3378 SourceLocation Loc, 3379 bool GNUSyntax, 3380 ExprResult Init); 3381 3382 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3383 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3384 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3385 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3386 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3387 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3388 3389 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3390 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3391 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3392 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3393 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3394 3395 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3396 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3397 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3398 3399 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3400 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3401 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3402 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3403 3404 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3405 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3406 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3407 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3408 union { 3409 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3410 Expr *E; 3411 } U; 3412 }; 3413 3414 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3415 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3416 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3417 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3418 unsigned NumComponents, 3419 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3420 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3421 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3422 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3423 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3424 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3425 unsigned NumComponents, 3426 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3427 3428 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3429 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3430 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3431 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3432 3433 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3434 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3435 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3436 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3437 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3438 3439 // __null 3440 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3441 3442 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3443 3444 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3445 enum IfExistsResult { 3446 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3447 IER_Exists, 3448 3449 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3450 IER_DoesNotExist, 3451 3452 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3453 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3454 IER_Dependent, 3455 3456 /// \brief An error occurred. 3457 IER_Error 3458 }; 3459 3460 IfExistsResult 3461 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3462 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3463 3464 IfExistsResult 3465 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3466 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3467 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3468 3469 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3470 bool IsIfExists, 3471 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3472 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3473 Stmt *Nested); 3474 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3475 bool IsIfExists, 3476 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3477 Stmt *Nested); 3478 3479 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3480 3481 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3482 /// started. 3483 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3484 3485 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3486 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3487 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3488 Scope *CurScope); 3489 3490 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3491 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3492 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3493 3494 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3495 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3496 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3497 Scope *CurScope); 3498 3499 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3500 3501 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3502 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3503 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3504 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3505 3506 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3507 3508 // Act on C++ namespaces 3509 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3510 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3511 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3512 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3513 SourceLocation LBrace, 3514 AttributeList *AttrList); 3515 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3516 3517 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3518 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3519 3520 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3521 3522 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3523 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3524 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3525 3526 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3527 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3528 /// 3529 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3530 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3531 3532 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3533 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3534 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3535 3536 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3537 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3538 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3539 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3540 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3541 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3542 AttributeList *AttrList); 3543 3544 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3545 3546 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3547 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3548 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3549 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3550 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3551 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3552 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3553 3554 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3555 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3556 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3557 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3558 NamedDecl *Target); 3559 3560 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3561 bool isTypeName, 3562 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3563 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3564 const LookupResult &Previous); 3565 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3566 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3567 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3568 3569 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3570 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3571 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3572 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3573 AttributeList *AttrList, 3574 bool IsInstantiation, 3575 bool IsTypeName, 3576 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3577 3578 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3579 3580 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3581 AccessSpecifier AS, 3582 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3583 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3584 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3585 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3586 AttributeList *AttrList, 3587 bool IsTypeName, 3588 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3589 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3590 AccessSpecifier AS, 3591 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3592 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3593 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3594 AttributeList *AttrList, 3595 TypeResult Type); 3596 3597 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3598 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3599 /// 3600 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3601 ExprResult 3602 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3603 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3604 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3605 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3606 SourceRange ParenRange); 3607 3608 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3609 // the constructor can be elidable? 3610 ExprResult 3611 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3612 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3613 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3614 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3615 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3616 3617 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3618 /// the default expr if needed. 3619 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3620 FunctionDecl *FD, 3621 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3622 3623 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3624 /// constructed variable. 3625 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3626 3627 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3628 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3629 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3630 // Pointer to allow copying 3631 Sema *Self; 3632 // We order exception specifications thus: 3633 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3634 // throw() comes next. 3635 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3636 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3637 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3638 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3639 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3640 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3641 3642 void ClearExceptions() { 3643 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3644 Exceptions.clear(); 3645 } 3646 3647 public: 3648 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3649 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3650 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3651 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3652 } 3653 3654 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3655 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3656 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3657 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3658 return ComputedEST; 3659 } 3660 3661 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3662 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3663 3664 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3665 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3666 3667 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3668 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3669 3670 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3671 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3672 3673 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3674 /// computed exception specification. 3675 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3676 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3677 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3678 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3679 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3680 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3681 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3682 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3683 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3684 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3685 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3686 tok::kw_false).take(); 3687 } 3688 } 3689 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3690 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3691 getEPI(EPI); 3692 return EPI; 3693 } 3694 }; 3695 3696 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3697 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3698 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3699 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3700 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3701 3702 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3703 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3704 /// will be const. 3705 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3706 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3707 3708 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3709 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3710 /// parameter will be const. 3711 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3712 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3713 3714 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3715 /// constructor of a class will have. 3716 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3717 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3718 3719 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3720 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3721 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3722 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3723 3724 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3725 /// destructor of a class will have. 3726 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3727 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3728 3729 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3730 /// constructor of a class will have. 3731 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3732 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3733 3734 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3735 /// special member function. 3736 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3737 3738 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3739 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3740 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3741 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3742 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3743 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3744 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3745 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3746 3747 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3748 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3749 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3750 bool Diagnose = false); 3751 3752 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3753 /// 3754 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3755 /// default constructor will be added. 3756 /// 3757 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3758 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3759 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3760 3761 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3762 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3763 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3764 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3765 3766 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3767 /// 3768 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3769 /// destructor will be added. 3770 /// 3771 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3772 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3773 3774 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3775 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3776 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3777 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3778 3779 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3780 /// 3781 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3782 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3783 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3784 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3785 3786 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3787 /// 3788 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3789 /// constructors will be added. 3790 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3791 3792 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3793 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3794 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3795 3796 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3797 /// 3798 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3799 /// copy constructor will be added. 3800 /// 3801 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3802 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3803 3804 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3805 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3806 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3807 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3808 3809 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3810 /// 3811 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3812 /// move constructor will be added. 3813 /// 3814 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3815 /// declared. 3816 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3817 3818 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3819 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3820 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3821 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3822 3823 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3824 /// 3825 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3826 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3827 /// 3828 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3829 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3830 3831 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3832 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3833 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3834 3835 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3836 /// 3837 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3838 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3839 /// 3840 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3841 /// wasn't declared. 3842 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3843 3844 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3845 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3846 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3847 3848 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3849 /// class. 3850 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3851 3852 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3853 /// special member function. 3854 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3855 3856 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3857 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3858 /// 3859 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3860 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3861 3862 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3863 /// member function. 3864 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3865 3866 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3867 /// static member function. 3868 /// 3869 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3870 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3871 3872 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3873 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3874 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3875 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3876 3877 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3878 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3879 SourceLocation Loc, 3880 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3881 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3882 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3883 3884 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3885 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3886 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3887 3888 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3889 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3890 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3891 ParsedType ObjectType, 3892 bool EnteringContext); 3893 3894 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3895 3896 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3897 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3898 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3899 3900 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3901 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3902 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3903 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3904 Declarator &D, 3905 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3906 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3907 Expr *E, 3908 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3909 3910 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3911 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3912 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3913 Expr *E, 3914 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3915 SourceRange Parens); 3916 3917 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3918 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3919 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3920 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3921 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3922 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3923 Expr *Operand, 3924 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3925 3926 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3927 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3928 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3929 void *TyOrExpr, 3930 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3931 3932 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3933 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3934 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3935 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3936 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3937 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3938 Expr *Operand, 3939 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3940 3941 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3942 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3943 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3944 void *TyOrExpr, 3945 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3946 3947 3948 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3949 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3950 3951 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3952 /// 3953 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3954 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3955 3956 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3957 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3958 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3959 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3960 3961 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3962 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3963 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3964 Sema &S; 3965 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3966 bool Enabled; 3967 3968 public: 3969 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3970 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3971 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3972 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3973 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3974 bool Enabled = true); 3975 3976 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3977 }; 3978 3979 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3980 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3981 /// 3982 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3983 /// 3984 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3985 /// capture list. 3986 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3987 3988 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3989 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3990 /// being defined. 3991 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3992 3993 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3994 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3995 3996 3997 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3998 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3999 4000 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4001 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4002 4003 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4004 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4005 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4006 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4007 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4008 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4009 4010 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4011 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4012 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4013 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4014 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4015 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4016 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4017 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4018 4019 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4020 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4021 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4022 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4023 4024 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4025 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4026 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4027 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4028 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4029 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4030 Expr *Initializer); 4031 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4032 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4033 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4034 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4035 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4036 QualType AllocType, 4037 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4038 Expr *ArraySize, 4039 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4040 Expr *Initializer, 4041 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4042 4043 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4044 SourceRange R); 4045 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4046 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4047 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4048 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4049 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4050 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4051 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4052 DeclContext *Ctx, 4053 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4054 bool Diagnose = true); 4055 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4056 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4057 QualType Argument, 4058 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4059 4060 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4061 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4062 bool Diagnose = true); 4063 4064 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4065 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4066 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4067 Expr *Operand); 4068 4069 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4070 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4071 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4072 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4073 4074 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4075 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4076 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4077 SourceLocation RParen); 4078 4079 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4080 /// pseudo-functions. 4081 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4082 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4083 ParsedType Ty, 4084 SourceLocation RParen); 4085 4086 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4087 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4088 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4089 SourceLocation RParen); 4090 4091 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4092 /// pseudo-functions. 4093 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4094 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4095 ParsedType LhsTy, 4096 ParsedType RhsTy, 4097 SourceLocation RParen); 4098 4099 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4100 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4101 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4102 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4103 SourceLocation RParen); 4104 4105 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4106 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4107 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4108 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4109 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4110 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4111 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4112 4113 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4114 /// pseudo-functions. 4115 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4116 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4117 ParsedType LhsTy, 4118 Expr *DimExpr, 4119 SourceLocation RParen); 4120 4121 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4122 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4123 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4124 Expr *DimExpr, 4125 SourceLocation RParen); 4126 4127 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4128 /// pseudo-functions. 4129 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4130 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4131 Expr *Queried, 4132 SourceLocation RParen); 4133 4134 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4135 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4136 Expr *Queried, 4137 SourceLocation RParen); 4138 4139 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4140 Expr *Base, 4141 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4142 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4143 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4144 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4145 4146 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4147 4148 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4149 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4150 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4151 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4152 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4153 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4154 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4155 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4156 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4157 4158 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4159 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4160 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4161 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4162 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4163 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4164 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4165 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4166 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4167 4168 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4169 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4170 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4171 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4172 const DeclSpec& DS, 4173 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4174 4175 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4176 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4177 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4178 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4179 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4180 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4181 4182 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4183 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4184 : SourceLocation()); 4185 } 4186 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4187 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4188 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4189 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4190 4191 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4192 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4193 4194 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4195 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4196 bool EnteringContext = false); 4197 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4198 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4199 4200 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4201 /// 4202 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4203 /// 4204 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4205 /// 4206 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4207 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4208 /// 4209 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4210 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4211 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4212 4213 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4214 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4215 4216 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4217 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4218 IdentifierInfo &II, 4219 ParsedType ObjectType); 4220 4221 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4222 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4223 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4224 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4225 QualType ObjectType, 4226 bool EnteringContext, 4227 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4228 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4229 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4230 4231 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4232 /// 4233 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4234 /// 4235 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4236 /// 4237 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4238 /// 4239 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4240 /// 4241 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4242 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4243 /// 4244 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4245 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4246 /// 4247 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4248 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4249 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4250 /// including this new type). 4251 /// 4252 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4253 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4254 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4255 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4256 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4257 ParsedType ObjectType, 4258 bool EnteringContext, 4259 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4260 4261 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4262 4263 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4264 const DeclSpec &DS, 4265 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4266 4267 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4268 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4269 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4270 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4271 ParsedType ObjectType, 4272 bool EnteringContext); 4273 4274 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4275 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4276 /// 4277 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4278 /// 4279 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4280 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4281 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4282 /// including this new type). 4283 /// 4284 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4285 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4286 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4287 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4288 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4289 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4290 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4291 /// 4292 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4293 /// nested-name-specifier. 4294 /// 4295 /// 4296 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4297 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4298 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4299 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4300 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4301 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4302 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4303 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4304 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4305 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4306 bool EnteringContext); 4307 4308 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4309 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4310 /// nested-name-specifier. 4311 /// 4312 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4313 /// 4314 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4315 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4316 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4317 4318 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4319 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4320 /// 4321 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4322 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4323 /// 4324 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4325 /// 4326 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4327 /// of the annotation pointer. 4328 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4329 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4330 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4331 4332 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4333 4334 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4335 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4336 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4337 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4338 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4339 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4340 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4341 4342 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4343 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4344 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4345 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4346 /// defining scope. 4347 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4348 4349 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4350 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4351 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4352 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4353 /// class X. 4354 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4355 4356 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4357 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4358 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4359 4360 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4361 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4362 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4363 bool KnownDependent); 4364 4365 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4366 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4367 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4368 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4369 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4370 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4371 4372 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4373 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4374 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4375 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4376 bool ExplicitParams, 4377 bool ExplicitResultType, 4378 bool Mutable); 4379 4380 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4381 /// initializer. 4382 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4383 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4384 4385 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4386 /// given lambda. 4387 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4388 4389 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4390 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4391 4392 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4393 /// statements present in the body. 4394 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4395 4396 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4397 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4398 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4399 /// lambda. 4400 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4401 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4402 4403 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4404 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4405 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4406 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4407 4408 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4409 /// was successfully completed. 4410 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4411 Scope *CurScope, 4412 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4413 4414 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4415 /// function pointer. 4416 /// 4417 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4418 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4419 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4420 /// block pointer conversion. 4421 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4422 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4423 4424 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4425 /// block pointer. 4426 /// 4427 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4428 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4429 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4430 /// block pointer conversion. 4431 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4432 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4433 4434 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4435 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4436 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4437 Expr *Src); 4438 4439 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4440 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4441 Expr **Strings, 4442 unsigned NumStrings); 4443 4444 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4445 4446 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4447 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4448 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4449 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4450 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4451 bool Value); 4452 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4453 4454 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4455 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4456 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4457 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4458 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4459 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4460 4461 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4462 Expr *IndexExpr, 4463 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4464 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4465 4466 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4467 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4468 unsigned NumElements); 4469 4470 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4471 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4472 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4473 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4474 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4475 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4476 4477 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4478 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4479 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4480 ParsedType Ty, 4481 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4482 4483 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4484 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4485 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4486 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4487 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4488 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4489 4490 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4491 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4492 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4493 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4494 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4495 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4496 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4497 4498 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4499 // C++ Declarations 4500 // 4501 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4502 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4503 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4504 StringRef Lang, 4505 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4506 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4507 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4508 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4509 4510 4511 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4512 // C++ Classes 4513 // 4514 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4515 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4516 4517 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4518 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4519 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4520 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4521 4522 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4523 Declarator &D, 4524 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4525 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4526 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4527 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4528 Expr *Init); 4529 4530 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4531 Scope *S, 4532 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4533 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4534 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4535 const DeclSpec &DS, 4536 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4537 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4538 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4539 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4540 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4541 4542 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4543 Scope *S, 4544 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4545 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4546 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4547 const DeclSpec &DS, 4548 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4549 Expr *InitList, 4550 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4551 4552 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4553 Scope *S, 4554 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4555 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4556 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4557 const DeclSpec &DS, 4558 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4559 Expr *Init, 4560 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4561 4562 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4563 Expr *Init, 4564 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4565 4566 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4567 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4568 Expr *Init, 4569 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4570 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4571 4572 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4573 Expr *Init, 4574 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4575 4576 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4577 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4578 4579 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4580 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4581 4582 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4583 4584 4585 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4586 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4587 /// referenced. 4588 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4589 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4590 4591 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4592 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4593 /// first use occurred. 4594 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4595 4596 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4597 /// materialized. 4598 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4599 4600 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4601 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4602 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4603 /// by code generation). 4604 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4605 4606 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4607 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4608 4609 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4610 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4611 DynamicClassesType; 4612 4613 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4614 /// unit. 4615 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4616 4617 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4618 /// given location. 4619 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4620 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4621 4622 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4623 /// in the given class as needed. 4624 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4625 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4626 4627 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4628 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4629 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4630 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4631 4632 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4633 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4634 /// vtables. 4635 /// 4636 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4637 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4638 4639 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4640 4641 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4642 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4643 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4644 bool AnyErrors); 4645 4646 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4647 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4648 Decl *TagDecl, 4649 SourceLocation LBrac, 4650 SourceLocation RBrac, 4651 AttributeList *AttrList); 4652 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4653 4654 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4655 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4656 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4657 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4658 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4659 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4660 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4661 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4662 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4663 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4664 4665 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4666 Expr *AssertExpr, 4667 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4668 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4669 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4670 Expr *AssertExpr, 4671 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4672 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4673 bool Failed); 4674 4675 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4676 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4677 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4678 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4679 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4680 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4681 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4682 4683 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4684 StorageClass& SC); 4685 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4686 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4687 StorageClass& SC); 4688 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4689 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4690 StorageClass& SC); 4691 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4692 4693 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4694 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4695 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4696 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4697 4698 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4699 // C++ Derived Classes 4700 // 4701 4702 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4703 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4704 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4705 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4707 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4708 4709 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4710 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4711 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4712 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4713 ParsedType basetype, 4714 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4715 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4716 4717 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4718 unsigned NumBases); 4719 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4720 unsigned NumBases); 4721 4722 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4723 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4724 4725 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4726 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4727 4728 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4729 4730 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4731 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4732 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4733 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4734 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4735 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4736 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4737 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4738 DeclarationName Name, 4739 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4740 4741 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4742 4743 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4744 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4745 4746 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4747 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4748 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4749 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4750 4751 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4752 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4753 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4754 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4755 4756 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4757 4758 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4759 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4760 4761 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4762 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4763 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4764 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4765 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4766 4767 4768 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4769 // C++ Access Control 4770 // 4771 4772 enum AccessResult { 4773 AR_accessible, 4774 AR_inaccessible, 4775 AR_dependent, 4776 AR_delayed 4777 }; 4778 4779 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4780 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4781 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4782 4783 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4784 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4785 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4786 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4787 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4788 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4789 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4790 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4791 bool Diagnose = true); 4792 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4793 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4794 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4795 AccessSpecifier Access, 4796 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4797 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4798 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4799 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4800 AccessSpecifier Access, 4801 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4802 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4803 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4804 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4805 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4806 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4807 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4808 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4809 Expr *ArgExpr, 4810 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4811 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4812 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4813 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4814 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4815 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4816 unsigned DiagID, 4817 bool ForceCheck = false, 4818 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4819 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4820 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4821 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4822 AccessSpecifier access, 4823 QualType objectType); 4824 4825 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4826 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4827 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4828 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4829 4830 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4831 4832 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4833 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4834 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4835 4836 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4837 AbstractNone = -1, 4838 AbstractReturnType, 4839 AbstractParamType, 4840 AbstractVariableType, 4841 AbstractFieldType, 4842 AbstractIvarType, 4843 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4844 AbstractArrayType 4845 }; 4846 4847 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4848 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4849 template<typename T1> 4850 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4851 unsigned DiagID, 4852 const T1 &Arg1) { 4853 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4854 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4855 } 4856 4857 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4858 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4859 unsigned DiagID, 4860 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4861 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4862 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4863 } 4864 4865 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4866 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4867 unsigned DiagID, 4868 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4869 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4870 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4871 } 4872 4873 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4874 4875 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4876 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4877 4878 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4879 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4880 // 4881 4882 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4883 4884 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4885 4886 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4887 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4888 // 4889 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4890 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4891 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4892 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4893 4894 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4895 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4896 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4897 4898 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4899 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4900 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4901 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4902 ParsedType ObjectType, 4903 bool EnteringContext, 4904 TemplateTy &Template, 4905 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4906 4907 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4908 SourceLocation IILoc, 4909 Scope *S, 4910 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4911 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4912 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4913 4914 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4915 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4916 4917 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4918 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4919 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4920 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4921 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4922 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4923 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4924 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4925 4926 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4927 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4928 unsigned Depth, 4929 unsigned Position, 4930 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4931 Expr *DefaultArg); 4932 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4933 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4934 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4935 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4936 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4937 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4938 unsigned Depth, 4939 unsigned Position, 4940 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4941 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4942 4943 TemplateParameterList * 4944 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4945 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4946 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4947 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4948 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4949 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4950 4951 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 4952 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4953 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4954 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4955 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4956 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 4957 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4958 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4959 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4960 }; 4961 4962 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4963 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4964 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4965 TemplateParameterList * 4966 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4967 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4968 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4969 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4970 unsigned NumParamLists, 4971 bool IsFriend, 4972 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4973 bool &Invalid); 4974 4975 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4976 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4977 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4978 AttributeList *Attr, 4979 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4980 AccessSpecifier AS, 4981 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4982 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4983 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4984 4985 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4986 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4987 4988 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4989 4990 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4991 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4992 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4993 4994 TypeResult 4995 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4996 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4997 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4998 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4999 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5000 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5001 5002 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5003 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5004 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5005 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5006 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5007 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5008 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5009 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5010 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5011 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5012 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5013 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5014 5015 5016 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5017 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5018 LookupResult &R, 5019 bool RequiresADL, 5020 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5021 5022 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5023 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5024 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5025 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5026 5027 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5028 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5029 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5030 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5031 ParsedType ObjectType, 5032 bool EnteringContext, 5033 TemplateTy &Template); 5034 5035 DeclResult 5036 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5037 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5038 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5039 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5040 TemplateTy Template, 5041 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5042 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5043 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5044 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5045 AttributeList *Attr, 5046 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5047 5048 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5049 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5050 Declarator &D); 5051 5052 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5053 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5054 Declarator &D); 5055 5056 bool 5057 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5058 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5059 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5060 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5061 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5062 bool &SuppressNew); 5063 5064 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5065 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5066 LookupResult &Previous); 5067 5068 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5069 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5070 LookupResult &Previous); 5071 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5072 5073 DeclResult 5074 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5075 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5076 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5077 unsigned TagSpec, 5078 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5079 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5080 TemplateTy Template, 5081 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5082 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5083 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5084 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5085 AttributeList *Attr); 5086 5087 DeclResult 5088 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5089 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5090 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5091 unsigned TagSpec, 5092 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5093 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5094 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5095 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5096 AttributeList *Attr); 5097 5098 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5099 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5100 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5101 Declarator &D); 5102 5103 TemplateArgumentLoc 5104 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5105 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5106 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5107 Decl *Param, 5108 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5109 &Converted, 5110 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5111 5112 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5113 /// argument is being checked. 5114 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5115 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5116 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5117 CTAK_Specified, 5118 5119 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5120 /// deduction. 5121 CTAK_Deduced, 5122 5123 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5124 /// via template argument deduction. 5125 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5126 }; 5127 5128 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5129 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5130 NamedDecl *Template, 5131 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5132 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5133 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5134 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5135 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5136 5137 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5138 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5141 /// provided. 5142 /// 5143 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5144 /// 5145 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5146 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5147 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5148 /// arguments. 5149 /// 5150 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5151 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5152 /// set of template arguments. 5153 /// 5154 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5155 /// arguments. 5156 /// 5157 /// 5158 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5159 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5160 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5161 /// 5162 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5163 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5164 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5165 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5166 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5167 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5168 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5169 5170 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5171 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5172 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5173 5174 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5175 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5176 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5177 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5178 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5179 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5180 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5181 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5182 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5183 5184 ExprResult 5185 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5186 QualType ParamType, 5187 SourceLocation Loc); 5188 ExprResult 5189 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5190 SourceLocation Loc); 5191 5192 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5193 /// for equality. 5194 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5195 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5196 /// that might be redeclarations. 5197 /// 5198 /// \code 5199 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5200 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5201 /// \endcode 5202 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5203 5204 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5205 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5206 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5207 /// 5208 /// \code 5209 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5210 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5211 /// \endcode 5212 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5213 5214 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5215 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5216 /// template parameter. 5217 /// 5218 /// \code 5219 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5220 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5221 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5222 /// \endcode 5223 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5224 }; 5225 5226 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5227 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5228 bool Complain, 5229 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5230 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5231 = SourceLocation()); 5232 5233 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5234 5235 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5236 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5237 /// 5238 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5239 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5240 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5241 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5242 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5243 TypeResult 5244 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5245 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5246 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5247 5248 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5249 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5250 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5251 /// 5252 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5253 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5254 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5255 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5256 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5257 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5258 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5259 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5260 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5261 TypeResult 5262 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5263 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5264 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5265 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5266 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5267 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5268 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5269 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5270 5271 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5272 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5273 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5274 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5275 SourceLocation IILoc); 5276 5277 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5278 SourceLocation Loc, 5279 DeclarationName Name); 5280 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5281 5282 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5283 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5284 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5285 5286 std::string 5287 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5288 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5289 5290 std::string 5291 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5292 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5293 unsigned NumArgs); 5294 5295 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5296 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5297 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5298 5299 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5300 /// being diagnosed. 5301 /// 5302 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5303 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5304 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5305 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5306 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5307 5308 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5309 UPPC_BaseType, 5310 5311 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5312 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5313 5314 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5315 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5316 5317 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5318 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5319 5320 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5321 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5322 5323 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5324 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5325 5326 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5327 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5328 5329 /// \brief A using declaration. 5330 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5331 5332 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5333 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5334 5335 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5336 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5337 5338 /// \brief An initializer. 5339 UPPC_Initializer, 5340 5341 /// \brief A default argument. 5342 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5343 5344 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5345 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5346 5347 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5348 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5349 5350 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5351 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5352 5353 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5354 UPPC_IfExists, 5355 5356 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5357 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5358 5359 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5360 UPPC_Lambda, 5361 5362 /// \brief Block expression, 5363 UPPC_Block 5364}; 5365 5366 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5367 /// 5368 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5369 /// 5370 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5371 /// parameter packs. 5372 /// 5373 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5374 /// 5375 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5376 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5377 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5378 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5379 5380 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5381 /// diagnose the error. 5382 /// 5383 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5384 /// 5385 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5386 /// packs. 5387 /// 5388 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5389 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5390 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5391 5392 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5393 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5394 /// 5395 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5396 /// parameter packs. 5397 /// 5398 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5399 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5400 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5401 5402 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5403 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5404 /// 5405 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5406 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5407 /// 5408 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5409 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5410 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5411 5412 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5413 /// diagnose the error. 5414 /// 5415 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5416 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5417 /// 5418 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5419 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5420 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5421 5422 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5423 /// diagnose the error. 5424 /// 5425 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5426 /// 5427 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5428 /// parameter packs. 5429 /// 5430 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5431 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5432 TemplateName Template, 5433 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5434 5435 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5436 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5437 /// 5438 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5439 /// parameter packs. 5440 /// 5441 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5442 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5443 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5444 5445 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5446 /// template argument. 5447 /// 5448 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5449 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5450 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5451 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5452 5453 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5454 /// template argument. 5455 /// 5456 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5457 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5458 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5459 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5460 5461 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5462 /// type. 5463 /// 5464 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5465 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5466 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5467 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5468 5469 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5470 /// type. 5471 /// 5472 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5473 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5474 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5475 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5476 5477 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5478 /// nested-name-specifier. 5479 /// 5480 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5481 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5482 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5483 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5484 5485 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5486 /// name. 5487 /// 5488 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5489 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5490 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5491 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5492 5493 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5494 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5495 /// 5496 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5497 /// may already be invalid. 5498 /// 5499 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5500 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5501 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5502 5503 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5504 /// creates a pack expansion. 5505 /// 5506 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5507 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5508 /// 5509 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5510 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5511 5512 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5513 /// expansion. 5514 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5515 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5516 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5517 5518 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5519 /// expansion. 5520 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5521 SourceRange PatternRange, 5522 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5523 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5524 5525 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5526 /// creates a pack expansion. 5527 /// 5528 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5529 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5530 /// 5531 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5532 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5533 5534 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5535 /// creates a pack expansion. 5536 /// 5537 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5538 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5539 /// 5540 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5541 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5542 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5543 5544 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5545 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5546 /// transforming the pattern. 5547 /// 5548 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5549 /// pack expansion. 5550 /// 5551 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5552 /// the pack expansion. 5553 /// 5554 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5555 /// pattern. 5556 /// 5557 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5558 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5559 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5560 /// 5561 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5562 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5563 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5564 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5565 /// 5566 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5567 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5568 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5569 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5570 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5571 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5572 /// set this value in other cases. 5573 /// 5574 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5575 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5576 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5577 /// must be set. 5578 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5579 SourceRange PatternRange, 5580 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5581 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5582 bool &ShouldExpand, 5583 bool &RetainExpansion, 5584 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5585 5586 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5587 /// type. 5588 /// 5589 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5590 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5591 /// 5592 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5593 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5594 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5595 5596 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5597 /// parameter packs. 5598 /// 5599 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5600 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5601 /// 5602 /// \code 5603 /// void f(T...); 5604 /// \endcode 5605 /// 5606 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5607 /// a variadic function. 5608 /// 5609 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5610 /// false otherwise. 5611 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5612 5613 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5614 /// 5615 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5616 /// 5617 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5618 /// 5619 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5620 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5621 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5622 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5623 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5624 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5625 5626 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5627 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5628 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5629 5630 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5631 /// 5632 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5633 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5634 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5635 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5636 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5637 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5638 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5639 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5640 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5641 TDK_Success = 0, 5642 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5643 TDK_Invalid, 5644 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5645 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5646 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5647 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5648 /// for every template parameter. 5649 TDK_Incomplete, 5650 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5651 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5652 TDK_Inconsistent, 5653 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5654 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5655 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5656 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5657 TDK_Underqualified, 5658 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5659 /// resulted in an error. 5660 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5661 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5662 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5663 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5664 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5665 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5666 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5667 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5668 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5669 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5670 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5671 /// template arguments for the given template. 5672 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5673 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5674 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5675 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5676 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5677 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5678 }; 5679 5680 TemplateDeductionResult 5681 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5682 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5683 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5684 5685 TemplateDeductionResult 5686 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5687 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5688 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5689 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5690 QualType *FunctionType, 5691 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5692 5693 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5694 // deduction for a call. 5695 struct OriginalCallArg { 5696 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5697 unsigned ArgIdx, 5698 QualType OriginalArgType) 5699 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5700 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5701 5702 QualType OriginalParamType; 5703 unsigned ArgIdx; 5704 QualType OriginalArgType; 5705 }; 5706 5707 TemplateDeductionResult 5708 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5709 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5710 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5711 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5712 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5713 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5714 5715 TemplateDeductionResult 5716 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5717 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5718 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5719 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5720 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5721 5722 TemplateDeductionResult 5723 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5724 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5725 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5726 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5727 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5728 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5729 5730 TemplateDeductionResult 5731 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5732 QualType ToType, 5733 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5734 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5735 5736 TemplateDeductionResult 5737 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5738 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5739 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5740 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5741 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5742 5743 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5744 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5745 DAR_Succeeded, 5746 DAR_Failed, 5747 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5748 }; 5749 5750 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5751 QualType &Result); 5752 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5753 QualType &Result); 5754 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5755 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5756 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5757 bool Diagnose = true); 5758 5759 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5760 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5761 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5762 5763 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5764 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5765 SourceLocation Loc, 5766 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5767 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5768 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5769 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5770 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5771 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5772 SourceLocation Loc, 5773 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5774 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5775 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5776 bool Complain = true, 5777 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5778 5779 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5780 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5781 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5782 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5783 SourceLocation Loc); 5784 5785 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5786 bool OnlyDeduced, 5787 unsigned Depth, 5788 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5789 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5790 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5791 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5792 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5793 } 5794 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5795 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5796 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5797 5798 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5799 // C++ Template Instantiation 5800 // 5801 5802 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5803 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5804 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5805 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5806 5807 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5808 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5809 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5810 enum InstantiationKind { 5811 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5812 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5813 TemplateInstantiation, 5814 5815 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5816 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5817 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5818 /// arguments as specified. 5819 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5820 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5821 5822 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5823 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5824 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5825 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5826 5827 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5828 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5829 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5830 5831 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5832 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5833 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5834 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5835 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5836 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5837 5838 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5839 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5840 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5841 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5842 5843 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5844 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5845 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5846 5847 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5848 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5849 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5850 } Kind; 5851 5852 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5853 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5854 5855 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5856 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5857 /// arguments. 5858 NamedDecl *Template; 5859 5860 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5861 Decl *Entity; 5862 5863 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5864 /// are not part of the entity. 5865 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5866 5867 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5868 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5869 5870 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5871 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5872 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5873 5874 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5875 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5876 /// template instantiation. 5877 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5878 5879 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5880 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5881 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5882 5883 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5884 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5885 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5886 5887 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5888 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5889 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5890 return false; 5891 5892 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5893 return false; 5894 5895 switch (X.Kind) { 5896 case TemplateInstantiation: 5897 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5898 return true; 5899 5900 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5901 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5902 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5903 5904 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5905 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5906 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5907 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5908 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5909 5910 } 5911 5912 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5913 } 5914 5915 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5916 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5917 return !(X == Y); 5918 } 5919 }; 5920 5921 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5922 /// 5923 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5924 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5925 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5926 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5927 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5928 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5929 5930 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5931 /// template instantiation. 5932 /// 5933 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5934 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5935 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5936 5937 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5938 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5939 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5940 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5941 5942 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5943 /// error or warning was produced. 5944 /// 5945 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5946 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5947 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5948 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5949 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5950 5951 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5952 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5953 /// 5954 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5955 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5956 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5957 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5958 5959 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5960 /// within a \c Sema object. 5961 /// 5962 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5963 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5964 Sema &Self; 5965 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5966 5967 public: 5968 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5969 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5970 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5971 } 5972 5973 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5974 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5975 } 5976 }; 5977 5978 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5979 5980 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5981 /// 5982 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5983 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5984 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5985 5986 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5987 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5988 /// deduction. 5989 /// 5990 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5991 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5992 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 5993 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 5994 5995 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5996 /// instantiation. 5997 /// 5998 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5999 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6000 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6001 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6002 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6003 /// 6004 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6005 /// the stack. 6006 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6007 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6008 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6009 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6010 Decl *Entity, 6011 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6012 6013 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6014 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6015 /// of a function template. 6016 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6017 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6018 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6019 6020 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6021 /// template-id. 6022 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6023 TemplateDecl *Template, 6024 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6025 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6026 6027 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6028 /// template-id. 6029 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6030 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6031 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6032 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6033 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6034 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6035 6036 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6037 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6038 /// specialization. 6039 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6040 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6041 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6042 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6043 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6044 6045 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6046 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6047 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6048 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6049 6050 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6051 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6052 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6053 NamedDecl *Template, 6054 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6055 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6056 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6057 6058 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6059 NamedDecl *Template, 6060 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6061 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6062 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6063 6064 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6065 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6066 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6067 TemplateDecl *Template, 6068 NamedDecl *Param, 6069 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6070 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6071 6072 6073 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6074 void Clear(); 6075 6076 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6077 6078 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6079 /// recursive template instantiations. 6080 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6081 6082 private: 6083 Sema &SemaRef; 6084 bool Invalid; 6085 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6086 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6087 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6088 6089 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6090 6091 InstantiatingTemplate& 6092 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6093 }; 6094 6095 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6096 6097 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6098 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6099 /// errors. 6100 /// 6101 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6102 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6103 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6104 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6105 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6106 6107 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6108 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6109 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6110 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6111 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6112 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6113 } 6114 6115 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6116 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6117 /// deduction.` 6118 class SFINAETrap { 6119 Sema &SemaRef; 6120 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6121 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6122 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6123 6124 public: 6125 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6126 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6127 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6128 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6129 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6130 { 6131 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6132 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6133 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6134 } 6135 6136 ~SFINAETrap() { 6137 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6138 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6139 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6140 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6141 } 6142 6143 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6144 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6145 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6146 } 6147 }; 6148 6149 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6150 /// variables. 6151 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6152 6153 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6154 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6155 6156 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6157 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6158 6159 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6160 /// name lookup. 6161 /// 6162 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6163 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6164 /// string represents a keyword. 6165 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6166 6167 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6168 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6169 6170 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6171 /// 6172 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6173 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6174 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6175 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6176 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6177 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6178 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6179 6180 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6181 /// but have not yet been performed. 6182 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6183 6184 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6185 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6186 /// 6187 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6188 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6189 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6190 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6191 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6192 6193 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6194 6195 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6196 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6197 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6198 6199 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6200 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6201 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6202 6203 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6204 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6205 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6206 6207 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6208 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6209 SourceLocation Loc, 6210 DeclarationName Entity, 6211 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6212 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6213 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6214 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6215 int indexAdjustment, 6216 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6217 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6218 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6219 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6220 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6221 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6222 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6223 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6224 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6225 6226 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6227 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6228 /// 6229 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6230 /// 6231 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6232 /// 6233 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6234 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6235 /// 6236 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6237 /// 6238 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6239 /// 6240 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6241 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6242 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6243 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6244 6245 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6246 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6247 6248 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6249 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6250 6251 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6252 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6253 bool CXXDirectInit); 6254 6255 bool 6256 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6257 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6258 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6259 6260 bool 6261 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6262 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6263 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6264 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6265 bool Complain = true); 6266 6267 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6268 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6269 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6270 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6271 6272 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6273 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6274 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6275 Decl *NewDecl; 6276 6277 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6278 Decl *D) 6279 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6280 { } 6281 }; 6282 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6283 6284 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6285 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6286 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6287 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6288 6289 bool 6290 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6291 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6292 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6293 bool Complain = true); 6294 6295 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6296 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6297 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6298 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6299 6300 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6301 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6302 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6303 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6304 6305 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6306 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6307 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6308 6309 DeclarationNameInfo 6310 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6311 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6312 TemplateName 6313 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6314 SourceLocation Loc, 6315 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6316 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6317 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6318 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6319 6320 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6321 FunctionDecl *Function); 6322 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6323 FunctionDecl *Function, 6324 bool Recursive = false, 6325 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6326 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6327 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6328 VarDecl *Var, 6329 bool Recursive = false, 6330 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6331 6332 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6333 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6334 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6335 6336 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6337 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6338 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6339 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6340 6341 // Objective-C declarations. 6342 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6343 OCK_None = -1, 6344 OCK_Interface = 0, 6345 OCK_Protocol, 6346 OCK_Category, 6347 OCK_ClassExtension, 6348 OCK_Implementation, 6349 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6350 }; 6351 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6352 6353 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6354 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6355 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6356 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6357 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6358 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6359 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6360 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6361 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6362 AttributeList *AttrList); 6363 6364 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6365 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6366 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6367 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6368 6369 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6370 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6371 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6372 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6373 6374 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6375 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6376 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6377 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6378 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6379 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6380 AttributeList *AttrList); 6381 6382 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6383 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6384 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6385 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6386 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6387 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6388 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6389 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6390 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6391 6392 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6393 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6394 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6395 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6396 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6397 6398 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6399 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6400 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6401 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6402 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6403 6404 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6405 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6406 6407 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6408 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6409 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6410 unsigned NumElts); 6411 6412 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6413 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6414 unsigned NumElts, 6415 AttributeList *attrList); 6416 6417 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6418 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6419 unsigned NumProtocols, 6420 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6421 6422 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6423 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6424 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6425 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6426 SourceLocation Loc, 6427 unsigned &Attributes, 6428 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6429 6430 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6431 /// setters and getters as needed. 6432 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6433 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6434 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6435 /// in class extension. 6436 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6437 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6438 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6439 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6440 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6441 6442 6443 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6444 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6445 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6446 6447 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6448 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6449 6450 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6451 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6452 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6453 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6454 6455 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6456 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6457 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6458 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6459 bool *OverridingProperty, 6460 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6461 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6462 6463 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6464 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6465 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6466 bool ImplKind, 6467 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6468 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6469 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6470 6471 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6472 OSMK_None, 6473 OSMK_Alloc, 6474 OSMK_New, 6475 OSMK_Copy, 6476 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6477 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6478 }; 6479 6480 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6481 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6482 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6483 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6484 // in this case. 6485 ParsedType Type; 6486 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6487 6488 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6489 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6490 }; 6491 6492 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6493 Scope *S, 6494 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6495 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6496 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6497 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6498 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6499 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6500 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6501 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6502 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6503 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6504 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6505 6506 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6507 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6508 bool IsInstance); 6509 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6510 bool IsInstance); 6511 6512 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6513 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6514 6515 ExprResult 6516 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6517 Expr *BaseExpr, 6518 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6519 DeclarationName MemberName, 6520 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6521 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6522 bool Super); 6523 6524 ExprResult 6525 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6526 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6527 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6528 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6529 6530 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6531 6532 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6533 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6534 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6535 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6536 ObjCSuperMessage, 6537 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6538 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6539 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6540 /// name. 6541 ObjCClassMessage 6542 }; 6543 6544 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6545 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6546 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6547 bool IsSuper, 6548 bool HasTrailingDot, 6549 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6550 6551 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6552 Selector Sel, 6553 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6554 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6555 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6556 MultiExprArg Args); 6557 6558 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6559 QualType ReceiverType, 6560 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6561 Selector Sel, 6562 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6563 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6564 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6565 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6566 MultiExprArg Args, 6567 bool isImplicit = false); 6568 6569 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6570 bool isSuperReceiver, 6571 SourceLocation Loc, 6572 Selector Sel, 6573 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6574 MultiExprArg Args); 6575 6576 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6577 ParsedType Receiver, 6578 Selector Sel, 6579 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6580 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6581 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6582 MultiExprArg Args); 6583 6584 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6585 QualType ReceiverType, 6586 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6587 Selector Sel, 6588 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6589 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6590 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6591 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6592 MultiExprArg Args, 6593 bool isImplicit = false); 6594 6595 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6596 QualType ReceiverType, 6597 SourceLocation Loc, 6598 Selector Sel, 6599 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6600 MultiExprArg Args); 6601 6602 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6603 Expr *Receiver, 6604 Selector Sel, 6605 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6606 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6607 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6608 MultiExprArg Args); 6609 6610 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6611 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6612 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6613 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6614 Expr *SubExpr); 6615 6616 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6617 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6618 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6619 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6620 ParsedType Type, 6621 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6622 Expr *SubExpr); 6623 6624 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6625 6626 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6627 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6628 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6629 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6630 6631 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6632 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6633 RTC_Compatible, 6634 RTC_Incompatible, 6635 RTC_Unknown 6636 }; 6637 6638 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6639 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6640 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6641 6642 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6643 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6644 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6645 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6646 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6647 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6648 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6649 }; 6650 6651 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6652 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6653 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6654 6655 enum PragmaPackKind { 6656 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6657 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6658 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6659 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6660 }; 6661 6662 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6663 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6664 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6665 }; 6666 6667 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6668 PCK_Unknown, 6669 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6670 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6671 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6672 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6673 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6674 }; 6675 6676 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6677 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6678 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6679 Expr *Alignment, 6680 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6681 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6682 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6683 6684 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6685 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6686 6687 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6688 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6689 6690 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6691 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6692 6693 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6694 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6695 Scope *curScope, 6696 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6697 6698 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6699 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6700 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6701 6702 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6703 SourceLocation Loc); 6704 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6705 6706 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6707 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6708 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6709 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6710 6711 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6712 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6713 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6714 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6715 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6716 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6717 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6718 6719 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6720 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6721 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6722 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6723 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6724 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6725 6726 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6727 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6728 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6729 6730 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6731 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6732 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6733 6734 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6735 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6736 6737 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6738 void FreePackedContext(); 6739 6740 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6741 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6742 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6743 SourceLocation Loc); 6744 6745 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6746 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6747 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6748 6749 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6750 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6751 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6752 6753 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6754 void FreeVisContext(); 6755 6756 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6757 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6758 /// the appropriate attribute. 6759 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6760 6761 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6762 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6763 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6764 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6765 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6766 6767 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6768 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6769 /// threadprivate'. 6770 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6771 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6772 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6773 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6774 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6775 SourceLocation Loc, 6776 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6777 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6778 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6779 SourceLocation Loc, 6780 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6781 6782 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6783 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6784 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6785 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6786 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6787 CCK_CStyleCast, 6788 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6789 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6790 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6791 CCK_OtherCast 6792 }; 6793 6794 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6795 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6796 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6797 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6798 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6799 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6800 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6801 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6802 6803 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6804 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6805 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6806 6807 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6808 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6809 /// required. 6810 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6811 6812 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6813 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6814 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6815 6816 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6817 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6818 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6819 6820 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6821 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6822 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6823 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6824 6825 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6826 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6827 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6828 // type. 6829 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6830 6831 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6832 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6833 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6834 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6835 6836 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6837 enum VariadicCallType { 6838 VariadicFunction, 6839 VariadicBlock, 6840 VariadicMethod, 6841 VariadicConstructor, 6842 VariadicDoesNotApply 6843 }; 6844 6845 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6846 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6847 Expr *Fn); 6848 6849 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6850 // vararg function. 6851 enum VarArgKind { 6852 VAK_Valid, 6853 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6854 VAK_Invalid 6855 }; 6856 6857 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6858 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6859 6860 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6861 /// form of call prototypes. 6862 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6863 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6864 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6865 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6866 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6867 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 6868 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6869 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6870 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6871 6872 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6873 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6874 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6875 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6876 6877 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6878 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6879 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6880 6881 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6882 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6883 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6884 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6885 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6886 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6887 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6888 6889 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6890 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6891 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6892 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6893 /// source and destination type. 6894 enum AssignConvertType { 6895 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6896 Compatible, 6897 6898 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6899 /// accept as an extension. 6900 PointerToInt, 6901 6902 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6903 /// accept as an extension. 6904 IntToPointer, 6905 6906 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6907 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6908 FunctionVoidPointer, 6909 6910 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6911 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6912 IncompatiblePointer, 6913 6914 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6915 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6916 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6917 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6918 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6919 6920 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6921 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6922 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6923 6924 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6925 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6926 /// like address spaces. 6927 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6928 6929 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6930 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6931 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6932 /// extension. 6933 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6934 6935 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6936 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6937 IncompatibleVectors, 6938 6939 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6940 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6941 IntToBlockPointer, 6942 6943 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6944 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6945 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6946 6947 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6948 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6949 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6950 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6951 6952 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6953 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6954 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6955 6956 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6957 /// represent it in the AST. 6958 Incompatible 6959 }; 6960 6961 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6962 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6963 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6964 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6965 SourceLocation Loc, 6966 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6967 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6968 bool *Complained = 0); 6969 6970 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6971 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6972 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6973 Expr *SrcExpr); 6974 6975 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6976 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6977 /// C99 6.5.16. 6978 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6979 QualType LHSType, 6980 QualType RHSType); 6981 6982 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6983 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6984 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6985 ExprResult &RHS, 6986 CastKind &Kind); 6987 6988 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6989 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6990 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6991 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6992 ExprResult &RHS, 6993 bool Diagnose = true); 6994 6995 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6996 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6997 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6998 ExprResult &RHS); 6999 7000 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7001 7002 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7003 7004 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7005 AssignmentAction Action, 7006 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7007 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7008 AssignmentAction Action, 7009 bool AllowExplicit, 7010 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7011 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7012 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7013 AssignmentAction Action, 7014 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7015 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7016 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7017 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7018 AssignmentAction Action, 7019 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7020 7021 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7022 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7023 7024 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7025 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7026 ExprResult &RHS); 7027 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7028 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7029 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7030 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7031 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7032 bool IsDivide); 7033 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7034 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7035 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7036 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7037 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7038 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7039 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7040 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7041 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7042 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7043 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7044 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7045 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7046 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7047 bool isRelational); 7048 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7049 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7050 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7051 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7052 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7053 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7054 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7055 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7056 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7057 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7058 7059 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7060 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7061 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7062 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7063 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7064 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7065 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7066 7067 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7068 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7069 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7070 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7071 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7072 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7073 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7074 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7075 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7076 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7077 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7078 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7079 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7080 NonStandardCompositeType); 7081 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7082 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7083 return Composite; 7084 } 7085 7086 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7087 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7088 7089 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7090 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7091 7092 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7093 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7094 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7095 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7096 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7097 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7098 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7099 SourceLocation Loc); 7100 7101 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7102 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7103 7104 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7105 7106 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7107 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7108 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7109 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7110 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7111 /// reference binding is not possible. 7112 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7113 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7114 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7115 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7116 Ref_Related, 7117 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7118 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7119 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7120 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7121 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7122 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7123 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7124 Ref_Compatible 7125 }; 7126 7127 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7128 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7129 bool &DerivedToBase, 7130 bool &ObjCConversion, 7131 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7132 7133 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7134 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7135 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7136 7137 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7138 /// given type. 7139 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7140 7141 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7142 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7143 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7144 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7145 7146 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7147 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7148 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7149 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7150 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7151 CastKind &Kind); 7152 7153 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7154 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7155 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7156 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7157 // returns the cast expr 7158 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7159 CastKind &Kind); 7160 7161 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7162 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7163 Expr *CastExpr, 7164 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7165 7166 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7167 7168 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7169 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7170 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7171 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7172 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7173 7174 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7175 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7176 7177 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7178 QualType ExprType); 7179 7180 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7181 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7182 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7183 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7184 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7185 7186 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7187 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7188 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7189 7190 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7191 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7192 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7193 7194 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7195 /// \param Method - May be null. 7196 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7197 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7198 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7199 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7200 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7201 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7202 bool isSuperMessage, 7203 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7204 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7205 7206 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7207 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7208 /// and the form of the message send. 7209 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7210 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7211 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7212 7213 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7214 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7215 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7216 7217 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7218 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7219 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7220 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7221 7222 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7223 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7224 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7225 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7226 /// 7227 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7228 /// 'if' keyword. 7229 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7230 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7231 7232 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7233 Expr *SubExpr); 7234 7235 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7236 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7237 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7238 7239 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7240 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7241 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7242 7243 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7244 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7245 7246 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7247 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7248 /// the specified diagnostic. 7249 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7250 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7251 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7252 7253 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7254 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7255 /// in the global scope. 7256 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7257 7258 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7259 /// expression violations. 7260 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7261 public: 7262 bool Suppress; 7263 7264 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7265 7266 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7267 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7268 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7269 }; 7270 7271 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7272 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7273 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7274 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7275 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7276 bool AllowFold = true); 7277 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7278 unsigned DiagID, 7279 bool AllowFold = true); 7280 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7281 7282 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7283 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7284 /// Returns false on success. 7285 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7286 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7287 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7288 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7289 7290 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7291 CFT_Device, 7292 CFT_Global, 7293 CFT_Host, 7294 CFT_HostDevice 7295 }; 7296 7297 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7298 7299 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7300 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7301 7302 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7303 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7304 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7305 } 7306 7307 /// \name Code completion 7308 //@{ 7309 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7310 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7311 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7312 PCC_Namespace, 7313 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7314 PCC_Class, 7315 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7316 /// or category. 7317 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7318 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7319 /// category implementation 7320 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7321 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7322 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7323 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7324 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7325 /// headers. 7326 PCC_Template, 7327 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7328 /// headers within a class. 7329 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7330 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7331 PCC_Expression, 7332 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7333 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7334 PCC_Statement, 7335 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7336 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7337 PCC_ForInit, 7338 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7339 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7340 PCC_Condition, 7341 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7342 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7343 /// in the grammar. 7344 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7345 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7346 PCC_Type, 7347 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7348 /// might also be a type cast. 7349 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7350 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7351 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7352 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7353 }; 7354 7355 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7356 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7357 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7358 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7359 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7360 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7361 7362 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7363 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7364 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7365 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7366 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7367 bool IsArrow); 7368 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7369 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7370 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7371 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7372 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7373 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7374 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7375 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7376 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7377 7378 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7379 bool EnteringContext); 7380 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7381 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7382 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7383 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7384 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7385 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7386 Decl *Constructor, 7387 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7388 7389 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7390 bool AfterAmpersand); 7391 7392 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7393 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7394 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7395 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7396 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7397 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7398 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7399 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7400 bool IsParameter); 7401 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7402 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7403 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7404 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7405 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7406 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7407 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7408 bool IsSuper = false); 7409 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7410 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7411 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7413 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7414 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7415 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7416 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7417 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7418 unsigned NumProtocols); 7419 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7420 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7421 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7422 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7423 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7424 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7425 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7426 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7427 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7428 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7429 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7430 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7431 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7432 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7433 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7434 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7435 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7436 ParsedType ReturnType); 7437 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7438 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7439 bool AtParameterName, 7440 ParsedType ReturnType, 7441 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7442 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7443 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7444 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7445 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7446 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7447 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7448 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7449 unsigned Argument); 7450 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7451 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7452 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7453 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7454 //@} 7455 7456 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7457 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7458 7459public: 7460 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7461 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7462 7463private: 7464 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7465 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7466 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7467 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7468 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7469 // FunctionDeclaration. 7470 struct FormatStringInfo { 7471 unsigned FormatIdx; 7472 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7473 bool HasVAListArg; 7474 }; 7475 7476 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7477 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7478 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7479 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7480 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7481 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7482 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7483 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7484 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7485 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7486 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7487 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7488 SourceLocation Loc); 7489 7490 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7491 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7492 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7493 VariadicCallType CallType); 7494 7495 7496 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7497 7498 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7499 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7500 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7501 7502 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7503 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7504 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7505 7506public: 7507 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7508 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7509 7510private: 7511 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7512 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7513 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7514 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7515 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7516 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7517 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7518 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7519 7520 enum FormatStringType { 7521 FST_Scanf, 7522 FST_Printf, 7523 FST_NSString, 7524 FST_Strftime, 7525 FST_Strfmon, 7526 FST_Kprintf, 7527 FST_Unknown 7528 }; 7529 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7530 7531 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7532 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7533 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7534 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7535 }; 7536 7537 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7538 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7539 bool HasVAListArg, 7540 unsigned format_idx, 7541 unsigned firstDataArg, 7542 FormatStringType Type, 7543 VariadicCallType CallType, 7544 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7545 7546 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7547 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7548 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7549 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7550 VariadicCallType CallType); 7551 7552 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7553 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7554 bool IsCXXMember, 7555 VariadicCallType CallType, 7556 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7557 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7558 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7559 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7560 VariadicCallType CallType, 7561 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7562 7563 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7564 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7565 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7566 7567 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7568 unsigned BId, 7569 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7570 7571 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7572 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7573 7574 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7575 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7576 7577 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7578 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7579 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7580 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7581 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7582 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7583 7584 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7585 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7586 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7587 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7588 7589 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7590 Expr *Init); 7591 7592public: 7593 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7594 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7595 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7596 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7597 7598 struct TypeTagData { 7599 TypeTagData() {} 7600 7601 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7602 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7603 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7604 {} 7605 7606 QualType Type; 7607 7608 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7609 /// layout-compatibility. 7610 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7611 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7612 }; 7613 7614 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7615 /// identifies the magic value. 7616 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7617 7618private: 7619 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7620 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7621 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7622 7623 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7624 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7625 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7626 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7627 7628 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7629 /// 7630 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7631 Scope *CurScope; 7632 7633 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7634 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7635 7636protected: 7637 friend class Parser; 7638 friend class InitializationSequence; 7639 friend class ASTReader; 7640 friend class ASTWriter; 7641 7642public: 7643 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7644 /// 7645 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7646 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7647 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7648 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7649 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7650 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7651 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7652 7653 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7654 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7655 7656 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7657 7658 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7659 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7660 } 7661 7662 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7663 7664 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7665 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7666 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7667 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7668 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7669 return DC; 7670 } 7671}; 7672 7673/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7674class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7675 Sema &Actions; 7676 7677public: 7678 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7679 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7680 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7681 bool IsDecltype = false) 7682 : Actions(Actions) { 7683 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7684 IsDecltype); 7685 } 7686 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7687 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7688 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7689 bool IsDecltype = false) 7690 : Actions(Actions) { 7691 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7692 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7693 IsDecltype); 7694 } 7695 7696 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7697 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7698 } 7699}; 7700 7701} // end namespace clang 7702 7703#endif 7704